]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Properly handly PHI stmts in later_of_the_two (PR
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
818ab71a 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
f16d3f39
JH
435/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
436 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
437 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
438 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
439 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
440 (from static destructors).
441 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
442DEFHOOK
443(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
444 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
445Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
446functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
447at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
448@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
449(from static destructors).\n\
450Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
451 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
452 default_function_section)
453
14d11d40
IS
454/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
455DEFHOOK
456(function_switched_text_sections,
457 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
458 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
459 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
460 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
461 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
462 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
463 default_function_switched_text_sections)
464
38f8b050
JR
465/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
466 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
467 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
468 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
472selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
473should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
474local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
475\n\
476The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
477is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
478when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
479in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
480 int, (void),
481 default_reloc_rw_mask)
482
483 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
484 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
485 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
486 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
487DEFHOOK
488(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
489 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
490assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
491some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
492requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
493local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
494@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
495\n\
496The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
497variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
498\n\
499See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
500 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
501 default_select_section)
502
503/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
504 alignment in bits. */
505DEFHOOK
506(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
507 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
508should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
509constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
510case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
511in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
514constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
515else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 516 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
517 default_select_rtx_section)
518
519/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
520 for SELECT_SECTION. */
521DEFHOOK
522(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
524and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
525As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
526the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
527\n\
528The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
529ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
530example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
531Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
532 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
533 default_unique_section)
534
535/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
536DEFHOOK
537(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
538 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
539@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
540The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
541the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
542if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
543otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
544 section *, (tree decl),
545 default_function_rodata_section)
546
727a65e6
BS
547/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
548 for mergeable data sections. */
549DEFHOOKPOD
550(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
551 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
552section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
553the string if a different section name should be used.",
554 const char *, ".rodata")
555
50b0b78a
IS
556/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
557DEFHOOK
558(tm_clone_table_section,
559 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
560 tables.",
561 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
562
38f8b050
JR
563/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
564DEFHOOK
565(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
566 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
567the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
568\n\
569Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
570no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
571priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
572otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
573\n\
574If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
575be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
576target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
577is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
578 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
579
580/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
584functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
585 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
586
587/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
588 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
589 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
590 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
591 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
592DEFHOOK
593(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
594 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
595function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
596inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
597adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
598the real function.\n\
599\n\
600First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
601contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
602contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
603in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
604e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
605all other incoming arguments.\n\
606\n\
607Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
608made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
609adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
610\n\
611@smallexample\n\
612p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
613@end smallexample\n\
614\n\
615After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
616@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
617not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
618return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
619\n\
620The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
621the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
622of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
623and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
624\n\
625The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
626have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
627some targets, but probably not.\n\
628\n\
629If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
630front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
631@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
632not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
633 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
634 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
635 NULL)
636
637/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
638/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
639 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
640 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
641 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
642 text to the output file. */
643DEFHOOK
644(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
645 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
646to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
647arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
648generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
649previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
650 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
652 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
653
654/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
655 translation unit. */
656DEFHOOK
657(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
658 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
659find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
660by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
661quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
662@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
663lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
664 void, (void),
665 default_file_start)
666
667/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
668DEFHOOK
669(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
670 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
671to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
672 void, (void),
673 hook_void_void)
674
675/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
676 LTO output stream. */
677DEFHOOK
678(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
679 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
680to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
681nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
682 void, (void),
683 hook_void_void)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
686 LTO output stream. */
687DEFHOOK
688(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
690to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
691nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
692 void, (void),
693 hook_void_void)
694
695/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
696 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
697DEFHOOK
698(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
700unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
701here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
702because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
703nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
704 void, (void),
705 hook_void_void)
706
707/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
708 external. */
709DEFHOOK
710(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
711 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
712pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
713library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
714 void, (rtx symref),
715 default_external_libcall)
716
717/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
718 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
719DEFHOOK
720(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
721 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
722directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
723.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
724 void, (const char *symbol),
725 hook_void_constcharptr)
726
727/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
728DEFHOOK
729(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
730 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
731switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
732enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
733It can take the following values:\n\
734\n\
735@table @gcctabopt\n\
736@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
737@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
738\n\
739@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
740@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
741direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
742default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
743command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
744various different individual optimization passes.\n\
745\n\
746@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
747@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
748ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
749target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
750time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
751warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
752wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
753necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
754perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
755switches.\n\
756\n\
757@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
758This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
759\n\
760@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
761This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
762@end table\n\
763\n\
764The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
765supported in the future.\n\
766\n\
767By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
768provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
769it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
770section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
771provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
772hook.",
38f8b050
JR
773 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
774 NULL)
775
776/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
777 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
778 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
779 this information. */
780DEFHOOKPOD
781(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
782 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
783ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
784hook.",
38f8b050
JR
785 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
786
787/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
788DEFHOOK
789(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
790 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
791@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
792The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
793of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
794\n\
795If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
796it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
797If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
798is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
799 void, (rtx x),
800 default_asm_output_anchor)
801
a8781821
SB
802DEFHOOK
803(output_ident,
804 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
805 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
806 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
807 directive.",
808 void, (const char *name),
809 hook_void_constcharptr)
810
38f8b050
JR
811/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
812DEFHOOK
813(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
814 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
815reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
817 NULL)
818
819/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
820DEFHOOK
821(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
822 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
823output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
824if necessary.\n\
825\n\
826Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
827extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
828elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
829The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
830template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
831by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 832 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
833 NULL)
834
835/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
836DEFHOOK
837(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
838 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
839on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
840the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
841label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
842\n\
843If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
844for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
845code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
846to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
847 void, (FILE *f),
848 NULL)
849
b5f5d41d
AS
850DEFHOOK
851(output_source_filename,
852 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
853 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
854 stream @var{file}.\n\
855 \n\
856 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
857 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
858 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
859 default_asm_output_source_filename)
860
6cbd8875
AS
861DEFHOOK
862(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
863 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
864can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
865the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
866@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
867\n\
868If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
869so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
870itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
871return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 872 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 873 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 874
38f8b050
JR
875/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
876 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
877 initializers. */
878#undef HOOK_PREFIX
879#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
880
881/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
882/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
883 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
884DEFHOOK_UNDOC
885(print_operand,
886 "",
887 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
888 default_print_operand)
889
890/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
891/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
892 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
893DEFHOOK_UNDOC
894(print_operand_address,
895 "",
cc8ca59e 896 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
897 default_print_operand_address)
898
899/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
900 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
901/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
902 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
903DEFHOOK_UNDOC
904(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
905 "",
906 bool ,(unsigned char code),
907 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
908
77754180
DK
909/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
911DEFHOOK
912(mangle_assembler_name,
913 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
914 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
915 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
916 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
917 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
918 tree, (const char *name),
919 default_mangle_assembler_name)
920
38f8b050
JR
921HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
922
923/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
924 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
927HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
928
929/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
930 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
931 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
932DEFHOOK
933(adjust_cost,
673c2f63
JM
934 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
935relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
936dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\
937is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\
938to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
939that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
940data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
941description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
942output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
943times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
944acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
945@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
ac44248e 946 int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
947
948/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
949DEFHOOK
950(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
951 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
952@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
953execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
954later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
955scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 956 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
957
958/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
959 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
960 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
961DEFHOOK
962(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
963 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
964issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
965Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
966an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
967constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
968hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
969This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
970it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
971@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
972 int, (void), NULL)
973
974/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
975 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
976DEFHOOK
977(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
978 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
979from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
980still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
981@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
982@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
983You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
984than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
985@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
986debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
987@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
988was scheduled.",
ac44248e 989 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
990
991/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
992DEFHOOK
993(init,
673c2f63
JM
994 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
995instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
996pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
997is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
998@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
999region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1000scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1002
1003/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1007instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1008cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1009is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1010to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1011@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1012 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1015DEFHOOK
1016(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1017 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1018@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1019@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1020@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1021 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1022
1023/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1026 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1027@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1028@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1030
1031/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1032 places. Default does nothing. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1036list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1037combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1038@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1039debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1041list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1042a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1043reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1044@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1045is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1046the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1047can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1048@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1049 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1050
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1054function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1055is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1056@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1057return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1058this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1059scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1060cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1061 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1062
0dc41f28
WM
1063DEFHOOK
1064(macro_fusion_p,
1065 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1066 bool, (void), NULL)
1067
1068DEFHOOK
1069(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1070 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1071a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1072(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1073group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1074two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1075validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1076 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1077
38f8b050
JR
1078/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1079 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1080 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1081DEFHOOK
1082(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1083 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1084chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1085correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1086example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1087analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1088dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1089calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1090 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1091
1092/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1093 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1094 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1095 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1096 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1097 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1098 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1099 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1100 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1101
1102DEFHOOK
1103(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1104 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1105 void, (void), NULL)
1106
1107DEFHOOK
1108(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1109 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1110pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1111when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1112simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1113processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1114based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1115when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1116 rtx, (void), NULL)
1117
1118DEFHOOK
1119(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1120 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1121used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1122 void, (void), NULL)
1123
1124DEFHOOK
1125(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1127to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1128simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1129 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1130
1131/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1132 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1133 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1134 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1139The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1140to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1141state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1142 void, (void), NULL)
1143
1144DEFHOOK
1145(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1146 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1147The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1148to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1149state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1153 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1154 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1155 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1156 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1157 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1158 insns on the same cycle. */
1159DEFHOOK
1160(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1161 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1162for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1163chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1164value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1165@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1166subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1167maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1168@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1169packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1170rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1171\n\
1172This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1173processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1174with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1175@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1176@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1177processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1178@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1179until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1180the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1181\n\
1182Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1183pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1184schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1185\n\
1186The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1187 int, (void), NULL)
1188
1189/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1190 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1191 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1192 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1193DEFHOOK
1194(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1195 "\n\
1196This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1197considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1198zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1199Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1200the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1201Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1202number of cycles.\n\
1203Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1204instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1205to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1206\n\
1207The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1208 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1209
894fd6f2
MK
1210/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1211 scheduling.
1212 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1213 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1214 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1215 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1216 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1217 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1218 scheduling on current cycle. */
1219DEFHOOK
1220(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1221 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1222scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1223 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1224 NULL)
1225
1226/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1227 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1228 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1229 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1230 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1231 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1232 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1233 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1234 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1235 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1236DEFHOOK
1237(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1238 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1239 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1240 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1243 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1245 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1246 described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1253 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1254an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1255 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1256
1257/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1258 round of multipass scheduling.
1259 DATA is a pointer.
1260 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1261 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1262 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1263 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1264 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1267 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1268round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1269 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1272 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA. */
1276DEFHOOK
1277(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1278 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1279 void, (void *data), NULL)
1280
1281/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286DEFHOOK
1287(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1288 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
38f8b050
JR
1291/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1292 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1293 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1294 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1295 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1296 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1297 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1298 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1299 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1300 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1301 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1303(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1304 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1305on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1306@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1307the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1308is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1309start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1310verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1311@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1312processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1313and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1314 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1315 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1316 NULL)
1317
1318/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1319 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1320 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1321 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1322 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1323 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1324 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1325 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1326 second insn (second parameter). */
1327DEFHOOK
1328(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1329 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1330the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1331are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1332to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1333being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1334dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1335parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1336The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1337insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1338and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1339\n\
1340Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1341where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1342delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1343that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1344important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1345closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1346not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1347 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1348
1349DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1350(adjust_cost_2,
1351 "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
1352 return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
1353 dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.",
ac44248e
DM
1354 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
1355 unsigned int dw),
1356 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1357
1358/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1359 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1360 that new instructions were emitted. */
1361DEFHOOK
1362(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1363 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1364the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1365per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1366 void, (void), NULL)
1367
1368/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1369
1370/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1371DEFHOOK
1372(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1373 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1374 void *, (void), NULL)
1375
1376/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1377DEFHOOK
1378(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1379 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1380It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1381beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1382 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1383
1384/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1385DEFHOOK
1386(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1387 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1388 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1389
1390/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1395
1396/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1399 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1400 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1401
1402/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1403 by the insn scheduler.
1404 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1405 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1406 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1407 It should return
1408 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1409 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1410 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1411 generated one. */
1412DEFHOOK
1413(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1414 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1415speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1416The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1417version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1418pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1419or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1420speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1421the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1422 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1423
1424/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1425 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1426 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1427DEFHOOK
1428(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1429 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1430for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1431instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1432 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1433
1434/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1435 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1436 instruction.
1437 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1438 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1439 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1440 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1441DEFHOOK
1442(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1443 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1444check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1445speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1446@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1447be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1448recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1449a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1450@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1451 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1452
38f8b050
JR
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1454 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1455 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1456DEFHOOK
1457(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1458 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1459enabled/used.\n\
1460The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1461The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1462 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1463
1464DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1465(get_insn_spec_ds,
1466 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1467 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1468
1469DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1470(get_insn_checked_ds,
1471 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1472 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1473
1474DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1475(skip_rtx_p,
1476 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1477 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1478 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1479
1480/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1481 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1482 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1483 to ddg variable. */
1484DEFHOOK
1485(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1486 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1487resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1488the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1489backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1490bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1491of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1492 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1493
7942e47e
RY
1494/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1495 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1496 parameters. */
1497DEFHOOK
1498(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1499"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1500in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1501void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1502hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1503
1504/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1505 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1506 as the second parameter is true. */
1507DEFHOOK
1508(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1509"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1510is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1511bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1513
b0bd15f7
BS
1514DEFHOOKPOD
1515(exposed_pipeline,
1516"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1517the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1518also the latencies of operations.",
1519bool, false)
1520
df7b0cc4
EI
1521/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1522 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1523 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1524DEFHOOK
1525(reassociation_width,
1526"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1527parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1528int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1529hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1530
b16abbcb
BC
1531/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1532 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(fusion_priority,
1535"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1536priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1537are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1538\n\
1539@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1540@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1541@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1542fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1543@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1544should be calculated and returned.\n\
1545\n\
1546Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1547be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1548instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1549sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1550scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1551should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1552false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1553scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1554instructions.\n\
1555\n\
1556Given below example:\n\
1557\n\
51be4977 1558@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1559 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1561 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1563 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1564 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1565 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1566 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1567@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568\n\
1569On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1570merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1571loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1572this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1573instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1574\n\
51be4977
BC
1575@smallexample\n\
1576 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1581 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1582 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1583 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1585\n\
1586Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1587to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1588pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1589\n\
51be4977 1590@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1596 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1597 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1599@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600\n\
1601Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1602\n\
1603Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1604work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1605\n\
1606This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1607the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1608void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1609
38f8b050
JR
1610HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1611
0136f8f0
AH
1612/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1613#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1614#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1615HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1616
1617DEFHOOK
1618(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1619"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1620fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1621@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1622The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1623or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1624int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(adjust,
1628"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1629to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1630void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1631
1632DEFHOOK
1633(usable,
1634"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1635in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1636usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1637to use it.",
1638int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1639
1640HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1641
94829f87
NS
1642/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1643#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1644#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1645HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1646
1647DEFHOOK
1648(validate_dims,
1649"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1650compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
b6adbb9f 1651and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
94829f87 1652function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
b6adbb9f
NS
1653outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1654should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1655are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1656Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
94829f87
NS
1657true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1658provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1659bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1660default_goacc_validate_dims)
1661
bd751975
NS
1662DEFHOOK
1663(dim_limit,
1664"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1665or zero if unbounded.",
1666int, (int axis),
1667default_goacc_dim_limit)
1668
6e91acf8
NS
1669DEFHOOK
1670(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1671"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1672function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1673should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1674It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1675return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1676gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1677The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1678bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1679default_goacc_fork_join)
1680
e5014671
NS
1681DEFHOOK
1682(reduction,
1683"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1684@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1685instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1686the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1687expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1688for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1689void, (gcall *call),
1690default_goacc_reduction)
1691
94829f87
NS
1692HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1693
38f8b050
JR
1694/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1695#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1696#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1697HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1698
1699/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1700 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1701 function. */
1702DEFHOOK
1703(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1704 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1705address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1706used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1707@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1708\n\
1709The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1710@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1711the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1712@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1713two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1714@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1715the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1716from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1717@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1718@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1719@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1720\n\
1721If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1722to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1723use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1724@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1725should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1726described above.\n\
1727If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1728the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1729log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1730 tree, (void), NULL)
1731
10766209
RS
1732/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1733 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1734DEFHOOK
1735(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1736 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1737vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1738@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1739The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1740@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1741 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1742 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1743
1744/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1745 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1746DEFHOOK
1747(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1748 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1749vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1750return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1751@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1752 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1753 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1754
1755/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1756 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1757DEFHOOK
1758(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1759 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1760input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1761The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1762specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1763(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1764\n\
1765If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1766@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1767conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1768 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1769 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1770
720f5239
IR
1771/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1772 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1773 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1774DEFHOOK
1775(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1776 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1777For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1778misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1779 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1780 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1781
1782/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1783 iterations) for the given type. */
1784DEFHOOK
1785(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1786 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1787 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1788 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1789
22e4dee7
RH
1790/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1791 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1792DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1793(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1794 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1795 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1796 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1797
1798/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1799 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1800 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1801DEFHOOK
1802(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1803 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1804store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1805parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1806the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1807parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1808 bool,
ef4bddc2 1809 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1810 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1811
cc4b5170
RG
1812/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1813 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1814DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1815(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1816 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1817mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1818equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1819transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1820 machine_mode,
1821 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1822 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1823
767f865f
RG
1824/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1825 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1826DEFHOOK
1827(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1828 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1829after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1830mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1831The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1832 unsigned int,
1833 (void),
1834 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1835
9f47c7e5
IE
1836/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1837DEFHOOK
1838(get_mask_mode,
1839 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1840of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1841vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1842 machine_mode,
1843 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1844 default_get_mask_mode)
1845
aec7ae7d
JJ
1846/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1847DEFHOOK
1848(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1849 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1850is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1851the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1852The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1853loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1854 tree,
1855 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1856 NULL)
1857
3bab6342
AT
1858/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1859DEFHOOK
1860(builtin_scatter,
1861"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1862is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1863the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1864The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1865stores.",
1866 tree,
1867 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1868 NULL)
1869
c3e7ee41
BS
1870/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1871DEFHOOK
1872(init_cost,
1873 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1874 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1875 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1876 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1877 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1878 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1879 void *,
1880 (struct loop *loop_info),
1881 default_init_cost)
1882
1883/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1884 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1885 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1886DEFHOOK
1887(add_stmt_cost,
1888 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1889 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1890 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1891 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1892 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1893 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1894 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1895 unsigned,
1896 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1897 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1898 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1899 default_add_stmt_cost)
1900
1901/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1902 loop or block. */
1903DEFHOOK
1904(finish_cost,
1905 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1906 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1907 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1908 "the three accumulators.",
1909 void,
1910 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1911 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1912 default_finish_cost)
1913
1914/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1915DEFHOOK
1916(destroy_cost_data,
1917 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1918 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1919 "accumulator.",
1920 void,
1921 (void *data),
1922 default_destroy_cost_data)
1923
38f8b050
JR
1924HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1925
1926#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1927#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1928
ec6fe917
IV
1929DEFHOOK
1930(record_offload_symbol,
1931 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1932sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1933recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1934 void, (tree),
1935 hook_void_tree)
1936
6d2b7199
BS
1937DEFHOOKPOD
1938(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1939 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1940that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1941@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1942 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1943
38f8b050
JR
1944/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1945 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1946 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1947DEFHOOK
1948(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1949 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1950but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1951pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1952attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1953when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1954actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1955@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1956 void, (void),
1957 hook_void_void)
1958
c713ddc0
BS
1959DEFHOOK
1960(offload_options,
1961 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1962translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1963into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1964to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1965separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1966char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1967
38f8b050
JR
1968DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1969(eh_return_filter_mode,
1970 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1971 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1972 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1973
1974/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1975DEFHOOK
1976(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1977 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1978of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1979@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1980targets.",
ef4bddc2 1981 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1982 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
1983
1984/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
1985DEFHOOK
1986(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1987 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
1988of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1989@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1990targets.",
ef4bddc2 1991 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1992 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
1993
1994/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
1995DEFHOOK
1996(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1997 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
1998The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 1999 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2000 default_unwind_word_mode)
2001
2002/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2003DEFHOOK
2004(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2005 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2006handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2007@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2008@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2009when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2010attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2011call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2012\n\
2013@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2014If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2015for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2016@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2017will then define a function called\n\
2018@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2019the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2020add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2021to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2022@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2023@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2024 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2025 merge_decl_attributes)
2026
2027/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2028DEFHOOK
2029(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2030 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2031handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2032@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2033that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2034function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2035merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2036 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2037 merge_type_attributes)
2038
2039/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2040 Ignored if NULL. */
2041DEFHOOKPOD
2042(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2043 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2044attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2045specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2046entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2047take.",
38f8b050
JR
2048 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2049
2050/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2051 argument. */
2052DEFHOOK
2053(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2054 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2055machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2056given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2057subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2058false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2059 bool, (const_tree name),
2060 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2061
2062/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2063 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2064 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2065DEFHOOK
2066(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2067 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2068@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2069and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2070generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2071supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2072 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2073 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2074
2075/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2076DEFHOOK
2077(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2078 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2079the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2080 void, (tree type),
2081 hook_void_tree)
2082
2083/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2084DEFHOOK
2085(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2086 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2087when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2088wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2089the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2090created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2091for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2092shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2093the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2094attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2095needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2096 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2097 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2098
2099/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2100 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2101DEFHOOK
2102(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2103 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2104This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2105into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2106attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2107target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2108 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2109 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2110
2111/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2112 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2113DEFHOOK
2114(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2115 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2116@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2117Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2118unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2119different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2120alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2121bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2122the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2123(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2124another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2125other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2126\n\
2127When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2128of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2129bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2130and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2131chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2132size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2133alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2134\n\
2135If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2136the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2137used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2138precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2139may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2140 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2141 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2142
2e681adf
JR
2143/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2144 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2145 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2146DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2147(words_big_endian,
2148 "",
2149 bool, (void),
2150 targhook_words_big_endian)
2151
2152/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2153DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2154(float_words_big_endian,
2155 "",
2156 bool, (void),
2157 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2158
9193fb05
JM
2159DEFHOOK
2160(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2161 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2162 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2163 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2164 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2165 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2166 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2167 does not.",
2168 bool, (void),
2169 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2170
38f8b050
JR
2171/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2172DEFHOOK
2173(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2174 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2175 bool, (void),
2176 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2177
2178/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2179DEFHOOK
2180(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2181 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2182 bool, (void),
2183 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2184
2185/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2186DEFHOOK
2187(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2188 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2189whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2190structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2191the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2192 bool, (void),
2193 hook_bool_void_false)
2194
2195/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2196 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2197DEFHOOK
2198(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2199 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2200should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2201these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2202\n\
7d0b9a9c 2203The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2204 bool, (void),
2205 hook_bool_void_false)
2206
2207/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2208DEFHOOK
2209(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2210 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2211that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2212necessary setup.\n\
2213\n\
2214Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2215instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2216they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2217instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2218\n\
2219To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2220@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2221which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2222up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2223only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2224@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2225 void, (void),
2226 hook_void_void)
2227
2228/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2229 built-in function decl for CODE.
2230 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2231 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2232DEFHOOK
2233(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2234 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2235that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2236builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2237If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2238if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2239If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2240@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2241 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2242
2243/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2244DEFHOOK
2245(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2246 "\n\
2247Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2248@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2249function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2250convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2251@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2252@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2253ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2254built-in function.",
38f8b050 2255 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2256 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2257 default_expand_builtin)
2258
d5e254e1
IE
2259DEFHOOK
2260(builtin_chkp_function,
2261 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2262Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2263fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2264passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2265obtained using this hook:\n\
2266@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2267Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2268by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2269bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2270@end deftypefn\n\
2271\n\
2272@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2273Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2274by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2275when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2276@end deftypefn\n\
2277\n\
2278@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2279Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2280by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2281address @var{loc}.\n\
2282@end deftypefn\n\
2283\n\
2284@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2285Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2286by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2287lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2288@end deftypefn\n\
2289\n\
2290@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2291Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2292by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2293upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2294@end deftypefn\n\
2295\n\
2296@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2297Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2298by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2299@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2300@end deftypefn\n\
2301\n\
2302@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2303Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2304returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2305@end deftypefn\n\
2306\n\
2307@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2308Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2309returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2310[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2311@end deftypefn\n\
2312\n\
2313@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2314Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2315returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2316@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2317Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2318(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2319@end deftypefn\n\
2320\n\
2321@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2322Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2323returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2324@end deftypefn\n\
2325\n\
2326@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2327Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2328returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2329@end deftypefn",
2330 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2331 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2332
2333DEFHOOK
2334(chkp_bound_type,
2335 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2336 tree, (void),
2337 default_chkp_bound_type)
2338
2339DEFHOOK
2340(chkp_bound_mode,
2341 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2342 enum machine_mode, (void),
2343 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2344
2345DEFHOOK
2346(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2347 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2348with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2349 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2350 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2351
2352DEFHOOK
2353(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2354 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2355bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2356the number of generated statements.",
2357 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2358 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2359
38f8b050
JR
2360/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2361 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2362 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2363 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2364 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2365DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2366(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2367 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2368was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2369@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2370implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2371declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2372arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2373complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2374another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2375@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2376 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2377
ea679d55
JG
2378/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2379 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2380DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2381(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2382 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2383@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2384built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2385the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2386The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2387containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2388@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2389 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2390 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2391
ea679d55
JG
2392/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2393DEFHOOK
2394(gimple_fold_builtin,
2395 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2396by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2397statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2398was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2399 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2400 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2401
3649b9b7
ST
2402/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2403 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2404 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2405 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2406 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2407 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2408 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2409 and 0 if they are the same. */
2410DEFHOOK
2411(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2412 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2413determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2414during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2415versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2416is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2417 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2418 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2419
2420/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2421 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2422 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2423 must be generated. */
2424DEFHOOK
2425(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2426 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2427function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2428@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2429body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2430 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2431
2432/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2433 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2434 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2435 identical versions. */
2436DEFHOOK
2437(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2438 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2439versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2440version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2441identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2442 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2443
38f8b050 2444/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2445 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2446DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2447(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2448 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2449reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2450@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2451 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2452 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2453
2454/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2455 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2456 NULL. */
2457DEFHOOK
2458(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2459 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2460uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2461to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2462mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2463the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2464not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2465for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2466return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2467string constant.\n\
2468\n\
2469Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2470qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2471fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2472is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2473length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2474ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2475@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2476@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2477code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2478@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2479codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2480spaces in your string.\n\
2481\n\
2482This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2483name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2484can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2485before mangling.\n\
2486\n\
2487The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2488appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2489types.",
38f8b050
JR
2490 const char *, (const_tree type),
2491 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2492
2493/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2494DEFHOOK
2495(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2496 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2497existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2498@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2499@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2500library routines.\n\
2501\n\
2502The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2503 void, (void),
2504 hook_void_void)
2505
cdbf4541
BS
2506 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2507DEFHOOKPOD
2508(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2509 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2510underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2511instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2512currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2513is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2514@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2515 bool, false)
2516
38f8b050
JR
2517/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2518 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2519/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2520DEFHOOK
2521(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2522 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2523based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2524declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2525null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2526\n\
2527The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2528read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2529need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2530set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2531 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2532 default_section_type_flags)
2533
d33d9e47
AI
2534DEFHOOK
2535(libc_has_function,
2536 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2537@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2538 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2539 default_libc_has_function)
2540
38f8b050
JR
2541/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2542 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2543DEFHOOK
2544(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2545 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2546instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2547every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2548reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2549\n\
2550@smallexample\n\
2551static bool\n\
2552cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2553@{\n\
2554 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2555@}\n\
2556@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2557 bool, (void),
2558 hook_bool_void_false)
2559
4b4de898
JR
2560/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2561DEFHOOK
2562(can_follow_jump,
2563 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2564 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2565 false, if it can't.\
2566 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2567 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2568 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2569 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2570
38f8b050
JR
2571/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2572 optimizations should be applied. */
2573DEFHOOK
2574(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2575 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2576optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2577usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2578re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2579to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2580 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2581 default_branch_target_register_class)
2582
2583/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2584 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2585 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2586 already been generated. */
2587DEFHOOK
2588(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2589 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2590registers\n\
2591that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2592returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2593that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2594@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2595saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2596epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2597true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2598to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2599to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2600 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2601 hook_bool_bool_false)
2602
2603/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2604DEFHOOK
2605(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2606 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2607This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2608modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2609 bool, (void),
2610 default_have_conditional_execution)
2611
2e0f1341
ZC
2612DEFHOOK
2613(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2614 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2615 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2616 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2617 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2618 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2619 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2620 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
5f3bc026 2621 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2622 NULL)
2623
2624DEFHOOK
2625(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2626 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2627 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2628 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2629 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2630 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2631 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2632 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2633 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2634 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2635 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2636 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2637 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
5f3bc026 2638 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2639 NULL)
2640
38f8b050
JR
2641/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2642DEFHOOK
2643(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2644 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2645should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2646the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2647the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2648is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2649number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2650 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2651 NULL)
2652
1a627b35
RS
2653/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2654DEFHOOK
2655(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2656 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2657@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2658@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2659\n\
2660The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2661 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2662 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2663
38f8b050
JR
2664/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2665DEFHOOK
2666(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2667 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2668should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2669of @var{x}.\n\
2670\n\
2671The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2672\n\
2673The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2674deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2675from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2676holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2677of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2678 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2679 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2680
2681DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2682(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2683 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2684 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2685
2686/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2687DEFHOOK
2688(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2689 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2690Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2691PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2692of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2693 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2694 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2695
2696/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2697 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2698DEFHOOK
2699(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2700 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2701space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2702different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2703reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2704but not others.\n\
2705\n\
2706Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2707effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2708of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2709addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2710\n\
2711You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2712\n\
2713The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2714 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2715 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2716
2717/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2718 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2719DEFHOOK
2720(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2721 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2722operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2723address.\n\
2724\n\
2725@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2726@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2727and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2728@var{x}.\n\
2729\n\
2730The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2731@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2732should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2733\n\
2734It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2735with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2736The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2737the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2738is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2739a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2740strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2741 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2742 default_legitimize_address)
2743
2744/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2745DEFHOOK
2746(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2747 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2748@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2749macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2750references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2751addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2752the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2753into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2754 rtx, (rtx x),
2755 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2756
93bcc8c9
JJ
2757/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2758 section. */
2759DEFHOOK
2760(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2761 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2762debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2763 bool, (rtx x),
2764 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2765
38f8b050
JR
2766/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2767DEFHOOK
2768(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2769 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2770address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2771\n\
2772Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2773non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2774desired by the caller.\n\
2775\n\
2776The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2777that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2778considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2779kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2780must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2781up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2782register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2783if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2784\n\
2785The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2786accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2787register is required.\n\
2788\n\
2789Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2790and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2791constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2792specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2793recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2794\n\
2795Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2796sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2797@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2798naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2799be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2800\n\
2801@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2802On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2803the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2804target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2805into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2806@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2807@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2808Format}.\n\
2809\n\
2810@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2811Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2812this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2813has this syntax:\n\
2814\n\
2815@example\n\
2816#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2817@end example\n\
2818\n\
2819@noindent\n\
2820and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2821address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2822\n\
2823@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2824Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2825macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2826@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2827that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2828\n\
2829Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2830files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2831 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2832 default_legitimate_address_p)
2833
2834/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2835DEFHOOK
2836(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2837 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2838be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2839of @var{x}.\n\
2840\n\
2841The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2842 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2843 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2844
361a58da
DE
2845/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2846DEFHOOK
2847(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2848 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2849be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2850\n\
2851The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2852 bool, (const_tree decl),
2853 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2854
38f8b050
JR
2855/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2856DEFHOOKPOD
2857(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2858 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2859On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2860applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2861for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2862 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2863
2864DEFHOOKPOD
2865(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2866 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2867offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2868value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2869 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2870
2871/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2872DEFHOOK
2873(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2874 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2875@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2876@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2877\n\
2878The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2879intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2880or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2881 bool, (const_rtx x),
2882 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2883
2f251a05
AI
2884/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2885DEFHOOK
2886(has_ifunc_p,
2887 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2888The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2889The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2890 bool, (void),
2891 default_has_ifunc_p)
2892
38f8b050
JR
2893/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2894 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2895 this is an indirect call. */
2896DEFHOOK
2897(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2898 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2899call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2900or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2901\n\
2902It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2903tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2904during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2905as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2906``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2907may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2908 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2909 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2910
2911/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2912 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2913 level, outside of any function scope. */
2914DEFHOOK
2915(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2916 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2917context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2918the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2919per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2920attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2921The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2922and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2923and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2924The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2925\n\
2926GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2927some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2928situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2929or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2930@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2931outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2932 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2933
2934/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2935DEFHOOK
2936(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2937 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2938The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2939 bool, (const_tree exp),
2940 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2941
2942/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2943 to the current executable or shared library. */
2944DEFHOOK
2945(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2946 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2947rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2948or executable image).\n\
2949\n\
2950The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2951for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2952currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2953 bool, (const_tree exp),
2954 default_binds_local_p)
2955
3c5273a9
KT
2956/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2957DEFHOOK
2958(profile_before_prologue,
2959 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2960The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2961@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2962 bool, (void),
2963 default_profile_before_prologue)
2964
d56a43a0
AK
2965/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2966 enabled. */
2967DEFHOOK
2968(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2969 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2970 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2971 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2972 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2973 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2974 bool, (void),
2975 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2976
38f8b050
JR
2977/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2978 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2979 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2980 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2981DEFHOOK
2982(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
2983 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2984by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2985the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2986or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2987hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2988your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2989returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
2990 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
2991 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
2992
2993/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
2994 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
2995DEFHOOK
2996(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
2997 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
2998treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
2999function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3000\n\
3001The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3002@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3003an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3004rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3005in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3006\n\
3007In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3008a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3009will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3010register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3011rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3012leave it alone.)\n\
3013\n\
3014The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3015that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3016be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3017declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3018declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3019@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3020\n\
3021@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3022The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3023@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3024Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3025encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3026discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3027\n\
3028The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3029in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3030@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3031before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3032 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3033 default_encode_section_info)
3034
3035/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3036DEFHOOK
3037(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3038 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3039the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3040may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3041 const char *, (const char *name),
3042 default_strip_name_encoding)
3043
3044/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3045 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3046DEFHOOK
3047(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3048 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3049deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3050@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3051\n\
3052On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3053shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3054equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3055this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3056otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3057particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3058\n\
3059Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3060@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3061that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3062\n\
3063The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3064@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3065and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3066@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3067nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3068by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3069 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3070 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3071
3072/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3073 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3074 the reciprocal. */
3075DEFHOOK
3076(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3077 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3078divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3079the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3080that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3081of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3082has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3083 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3084 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3085
3086/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3087 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3088 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3089/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3090 necessarily defined at this point. */
3091DEFHOOK
3092(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3093 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3094are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3095@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3096sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3097otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3098representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3099@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3100@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3101@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3102widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3103\n\
3104Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3105value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3106as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3107@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3108\n\
3109Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3110describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3111@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3112to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3113extension.\n\
3114\n\
3115In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3116@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3117@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3118 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3119 default_mode_rep_extended)
3120
3121/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3122DEFHOOK
3123(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3124 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3125with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3126hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3127 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3128 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3129
7352c013
RG
3130/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3131DEFHOOK
3132(ref_may_alias_errno,
3133 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3134 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3135 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3136 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3137 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3138 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3139 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3140
38f8b050
JR
3141/* Support for named address spaces. */
3142#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3143#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3144HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3145
3146/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3147DEFHOOK
3148(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3149 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3150@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3151The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3152 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3153 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3154
3155/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3156DEFHOOK
3157(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3158 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3159@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3160The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3161 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3162 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3163
3164/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3165 in another address space. */
3166DEFHOOK
3167(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3168 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3169with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3170hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3171except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3172version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3173@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3174target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3175 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3176 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3177
3178/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3179 space for a given mode. */
3180DEFHOOK
3181(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3182 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3183@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3184parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3185finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3186@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3187explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3188 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3189 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3190
3191/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3192 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3193 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3194DEFHOOK
3195(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3196 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3197with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3198hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3199except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3200 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3201 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3202
3203/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3204DEFHOOK
3205(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3206 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3207contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3208a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3209will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3210arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3211converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3212 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3213 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3214
6626f970
RH
3215/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3216 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3217DEFHOOK
3218(zero_address_valid,
3219 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3220address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3221 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3222 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3223
38f8b050
JR
3224/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3225DEFHOOK
3226(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3227 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3228@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3229space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3230to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3231guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3232as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3233 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3234 default_addr_space_convert)
3235
f736b911
RH
3236/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3237DEFHOOK
3238(debug,
3239 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3240The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3241 int, (addr_space_t as),
3242 default_addr_space_debug)
3243
38f8b050
JR
3244HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3245
3246#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3247#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3248
3249/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3250 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3251 the arithmetic is supported. */
3252DEFHOOK
3253(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3254 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3255insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3256considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3257must work.\n\
3258\n\
3259The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3260required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3261Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3262code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3263 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3264 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3265
3266/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3267 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3268 for further details. */
3269DEFHOOK
3270(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3271 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3272insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3273must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3274 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3275 hook_bool_mode_false)
3276
5aea1e76
UW
3277DEFHOOK
3278(vector_alignment,
3279 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3280@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3281require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3282this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3283the vector element type.",
3284 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3285 default_vector_alignment)
3286
0f6d54f7
RS
3287/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3288 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3289DEFHOOK
3290(array_mode_supported_p,
3291 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3292of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3293Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3294and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3295\n\
3296One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3297that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3298has operations like:\n\
3299\n\
3300@smallexample\n\
3301int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3302@end smallexample\n\
3303\n\
3304where the return type is defined as:\n\
3305\n\
3306@smallexample\n\
3307typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3308@{\n\
3309 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3310@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3311@end smallexample\n\
3312\n\
3313If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3314@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3315@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3316 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3317 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3318
8cc4b7a2
JM
3319DEFHOOK
3320(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3321 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3322floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3323@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3324hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3325@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3326 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3327 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3328
38f8b050
JR
3329/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3330 TO, using MODE. */
3331DEFHOOK
3332(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3333 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3334from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3335are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3336A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3337that.\n\
3338\n\
3339It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3340same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3341registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3342\n\
3343If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3344hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3345classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3346constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3347allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3348if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3349\n\
3350The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3351 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3352 default_register_move_cost)
3353
3354/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3355/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3356 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3357DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3358(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3359 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3360between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3361if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3362This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3363If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3364registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3365\n\
3366If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3367the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3368needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3369between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3370more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3371reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3372\n\
3373GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3374secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3375a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3376secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
33774 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3378value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3379are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3380 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3381 default_memory_move_cost)
3382
7cbed008
JG
3383DEFHOOK
3384(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3385 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3386two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3387when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3388implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3389insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3390@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3391unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3392\n\
3393This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3394given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3395infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3396Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3397units.\n\
3398\n\
3399The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
36b85e43
BS
3400@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3401@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3402under consideration.\n\
7cbed008
JG
3403\n\
3404The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3405optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3406\n\
3407Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3408for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3409@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3410@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3411insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3412the body of the memory operation.\n\
3413\n\
3414Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3415in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3416move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3417 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3418 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3419 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3420
36b85e43
BS
3421DEFHOOK
3422(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3423 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3424number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3425allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3426factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3427one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3428particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3429negative number from this hook.",
3430 int, (machine_mode mode),
3431 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3432
d95ab70a
RS
3433DEFHOOK
3434(optab_supported_p,
3435 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3436modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3437The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3438whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3439optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3440\n\
3441For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3442@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3443optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3444\n\
3445The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3446 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3447 optimization_type opt_type),
3448 default_optab_supported_p)
3449
38f8b050
JR
3450/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3451 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3452 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3453 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3454DEFHOOK
3455(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3456 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3457small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3458@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3459in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3460In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3461for any mode.\n\
3462\n\
3463On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3464insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3465to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3466if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3467insn.\n\
3468\n\
3469Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3470in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3471the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3472classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3473registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3474registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3475SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3476strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3477machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3478\n\
3479The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3480safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3481unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3482that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3483to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3484of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3485 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3486 hook_bool_mode_false)
3487
e692f276
RH
3488/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3489 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3490DEFHOOKPOD
3491(flags_regnum,
3492 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3493 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3494 appropriately.",
3495 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3496
38f8b050
JR
3497/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3498 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3499 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3500/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3501 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3502DEFHOOK
3503(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3504 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3505\n\
3506The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3507available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3508as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3509That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3510that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3511either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3512(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3513\n\
e548c9df
AM
3514@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3515do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3516\n\
3517In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3518@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3519instructions.\n\
3520\n\
3521On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3522for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3523necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3524for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3525operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3526\n\
3527When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3528false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3529size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3530\n\
3531The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3532processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3533 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3534 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3535
3536/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3537 invalid addresses. */
3538DEFHOOK
3539(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3540 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3541@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3542the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3543\n\
3544For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3545true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3546instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3547all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3548\n\
3549In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3550the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3551cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3552\n\
3553For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3554and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3555is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3556references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3557the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3558that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3559instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3560specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3561\n\
3562This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3563\n\
3564On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3565cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3566@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3567be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3568@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3569should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3570should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3571registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3572 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3573 default_address_cost)
3574
f52a73a4
SD
3575/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3576 scheduling. */
3577DEFHOOK
3578(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3579 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3580speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3581such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3582delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3583disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3584delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3585as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3586 hook_bool_void_false)
3587
38f8b050
JR
3588/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3589DEFHOOK
3590(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3591 "\n\
3592When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3593register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3594to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3595it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3596is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3597that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3598@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3599Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3600to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3601the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3602@code{MEM}.\n\
3603If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3604it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3605You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3606@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3607register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3608The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3609allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3610 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3611
c84a808e 3612/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3613 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3614DEFHOOK
3615(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3616 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3617@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3618this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3619@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3620to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3621passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3622 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3623 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3624
3625/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3626 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3627 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3628 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3629 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3630 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3631DEFHOOK
3632(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3633 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3634represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3635register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3636locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3637register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3638If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3639 rtx, (rtx reg),
3640 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3641
ff050c66
MF
3642/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3643 register. */
3644DEFHOOK
3645(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3646 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3647corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3648used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3649clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3650 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3651 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3652
38f8b050
JR
3653/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3654 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3655 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3656 code, given the address of the table. */
3657DEFHOOK
3658(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3659 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3660multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3661sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3662It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3663filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3664@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3665 void, (tree address),
3666 hook_void_tree)
3667
3668/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3669 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3670 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3671 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3672 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3673 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3674 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3675DEFHOOK
3676(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3677 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3678register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3679regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3680hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3681small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3682to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3683arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3684When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3685integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3686@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3687\n\
3688The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3689 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3690 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3691
3692/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3693 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3694 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3695 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3696 VOIDmode. */
3697DEFHOOK
3698(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3699 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3700@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3701validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3702target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3703both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3704return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3705\n\
3706The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3707same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3708returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3709 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3710 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3711
3712/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3713 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3714DEFHOOK
3715(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3716 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3717instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3718just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3719\n\
3720The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3721it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3722laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3723Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3724\n\
3725You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3726definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3727 void, (void), NULL)
3728
3729/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3730DEFHOOK
3731(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3732 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3733The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3734 tree, (void),
3735 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3736
3737/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3738DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3739(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3740 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3741to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3742variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3743to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3744variable.\n\
3745The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3746this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3747internal type.\n\
3748If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3749Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3750macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3751 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3752 NULL)
3753
3754/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3755DEFHOOK
3756(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3757 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3758@var{fndecl}.\n\
3759The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3760 tree, (tree fndecl),
3761 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3762
3763/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3764DEFHOOK
3765(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3766 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3767type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3768@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3769 tree, (tree type),
3770 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3771
3772/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3773DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3774(expand_builtin_va_start,
3775"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3776 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3777
3778/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3779DEFHOOK
3780(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3781 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3782@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3783arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3784@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3785 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3786 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3787
3788/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3789 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3790 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3791 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3792 or an error message if not. */
3793DEFHOOK
3794(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3795 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3796@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3797@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3798 void *, (size_t *sz),
3799 default_get_pch_validity)
3800
3801DEFHOOK
3802(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3803 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3804compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3805if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3806be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3807\n\
3808@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3809when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3810It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3811compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3812\n\
3813The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3814suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3815 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3816 default_pch_valid_p)
3817
e32ea2d1
RS
3818DEFHOOK
3819(prepare_pch_save,
3820 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3821garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3822it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3823to do anything here.",
3824 void, (void),
3825 hook_void_void)
3826
38f8b050
JR
3827/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3828 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3829 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3830DEFHOOK
3831(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3832 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3833@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3834of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3835@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3836value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3837 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3838
3839/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3840 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3841 that type. */
3842DEFHOOK
3843(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3844 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3845@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3846of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3847@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3848\n\
3849The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3850 bool, (void),
3851 hook_bool_void_false)
3852
3853/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3854 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3855DEFHOOK
3856(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3857 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3858the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3859The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3860machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3861@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3862 rtx, (void),
3863 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3864
7ca35180
RH
3865/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3866 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3867DEFHOOK
3868(md_asm_adjust,
3869 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3870@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3871clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3872to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3873\n\
3874It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3875as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3876a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3877 rtx_insn *,
3878 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3879 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3880 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3881
3882/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3883 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3884 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3885 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3886 the function is being declared as an int. */
3887DEFHOOK
3888(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3889 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3890be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3891value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3892 int, (const_tree function),
3893 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3894
3895/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3896 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3897 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3898 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3899 and
3900 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3901 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3902DEFHOOK
3903(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3904 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3905contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3906info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3907@smallexample\n\
3908(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3909@end smallexample\n\
3910and\n\
3911@smallexample\n\
3912(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3913@end smallexample\n\
3914to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3915the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3916the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3917 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3918
3919/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3920DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3921(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3922"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3923 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3924 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 3925 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3926
3927/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
3928 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
3929 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
3930DEFHOOK
3931(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
3932 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
3933for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
3934runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
3935that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
3936variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
3937\n\
3938The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
3939@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3940 tree, (void),
3941 default_stack_protect_guard)
3942
3943/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
3944 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
3945DEFHOOK
3946(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
3947 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
3948stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
3949involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
3950\n\
3951The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
3952@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
3953normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3954 tree, (void),
3955 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
3956
1d0216c8
RS
3957DEFHOOK
3958(can_use_doloop_p,
3959 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
3960and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
3961exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
3962the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
3963the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
3964contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
3965loop is only entered from the top.\n\
3966\n\
3967This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
3968implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
3969if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 3970 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 3971 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 3972 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 3973
38f8b050
JR
3974/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
3975 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3976DEFHOOK
3977(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
3978 "\n\
3979Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
3980low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
3981could not be applied.\n\
3982\n\
3983Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
3984instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
3985the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
3986By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
3987loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 3988 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
3989 default_invalid_within_doloop)
3990
78e4f1ad
UB
3991/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
3992DEFHOOK
3993(legitimate_combined_insn,
3994"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
3995 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
3996 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
3997 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
3998 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 3999
38f8b050
JR
4000DEFHOOK
4001(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4002"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4003 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4004 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4005 bool, (const_tree decl),
4006 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4007
4008/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4009 value. */
4010DEFHOOKPOD
4011(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4012 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4013a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4014is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4015is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4016subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4017the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4018available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4019constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4020down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4021@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4022accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4023value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4024MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4025@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4026is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4027 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4028
5dcfdccd
KY
4029/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4030DEFHOOK
4031(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4032 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4033memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4034 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4035
dfe06d3e
JJ
4036/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4037 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4038 supported by the target. */
4039DEFHOOK
4040(asan_shadow_offset,
4041 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4042Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4043supported by the target.",
4044 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4045 NULL)
4046
38f8b050
JR
4047/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4048/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4049HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4050
4051DEFHOOK
4052(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4053 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4054function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4055and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4056change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4057pointer} types.\n\
4058\n\
4059@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4060return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4061@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4062If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4063which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4064then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4065the signedness may be different.\n\
4066\n\
4067@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4068\n\
4069The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4070also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4071if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4072 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4073 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4074 default_promote_function_mode)
4075
4076DEFHOOK
4077(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4078 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4079prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4080passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4081cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4082The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4083 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4084 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4085
4086DEFHOOK
4087(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4088 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4089address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4090passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4091be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4092hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4093argument.\n\
4094\n\
4095On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4096is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4097caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4098be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4099@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4100the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4101the caller.\n\
4102\n\
4103If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4104stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4105@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4106structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4107to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4108 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4109 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4110
4111DEFHOOKPOD
4112(omit_struct_return_reg,
4113 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4114is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4115arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
9c582551 4116pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
e0d14c39
BS
4117undesirable on your target.",
4118 bool, false)
4119
38f8b050
JR
4120DEFHOOK
4121(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4122 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4123function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4124Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4125will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4126libcalls.\n\
4127\n\
4128Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4129by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4130takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4131possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4132definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4133values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4134\n\
4135Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4136be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4137to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4138 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4139 default_return_in_memory)
4140
4141DEFHOOK
4142(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4143 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4144at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4145padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4146is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4147\n\
4148Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4149be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4150or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
41514-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4152@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4153 bool, (const_tree type),
4154 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4155
4156/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4157 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4158 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4159DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4160(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4161 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4162position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4163predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4164passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4165\n\
4166If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4167pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4168The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4169to that type.",
38f8b050 4170 bool,
ef4bddc2 4171 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4172 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4173
4174DEFHOOK
4175(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4176 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4177@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4178beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4179return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4180to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4181 rtx, (void),
4182 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4183
4184/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4185DEFHOOK
4186(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4187 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4188@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4189@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4190register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4191have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4192use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4193pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4194\n\
4195The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4196structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4197named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4198last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4199\n\
4200The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4201argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4202store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4203variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4204store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4205frame.\n\
4206\n\
4207Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4208compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4209@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4210have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4211for all data types.\n\
4212\n\
4213If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4214arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4215happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4216end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4217not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4218 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4219 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4220 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4221
d5e254e1
IE
4222DEFHOOK
4223(load_bounds_for_arg,
4224 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4225@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4226bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4227memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4228memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4229constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4230should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4231 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4232 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4233
4234DEFHOOK
4235(store_bounds_for_arg,
4236 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4237@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4238@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4239memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4240memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4241constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4242should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4243 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4244 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4245
4246DEFHOOK
4247(load_returned_bounds,
4248 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4249returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4250loaded bounds.",
4251 rtx, (rtx slot),
4252 default_load_returned_bounds)
4253
4254DEFHOOK
4255(store_returned_bounds,
4256 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4257returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4258 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4259 default_store_returned_bounds)
4260
4261DEFHOOK
4262(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4263 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4264into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4265@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4266 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4267 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4268 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4269
2f21e1ba
BS
4270DEFHOOK
4271(call_args,
4272 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4273for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4274@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4275before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4276function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4277@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4278invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4279This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4280registers if a target needs it.\n\
4281For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4282passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4283Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4284 void, (rtx, tree),
4285 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4286
4287DEFHOOK
4288(end_call_args,
4289 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4290just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4291signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4292emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4293Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4294 void, (void),
4295 hook_void_void)
4296
38f8b050
JR
4297DEFHOOK
4298(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4299 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4300argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4301\n\
4302This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4303is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4304@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4305arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4306but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4307then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4308except the last are treated as named.\n\
4309\n\
4310You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4311 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4312 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4313
4314/* Returns true if we should use
4315 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4316 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4317DEFHOOK
4318(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4319 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4320@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4321@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4322defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4323@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4324Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4325 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4326 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4327
4328/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4329 should be passed as two scalars. */
4330DEFHOOK
4331(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4332 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4333as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4334arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4335to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4336AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4337registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4338point register.\n\
4339\n\
4340The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4341false.",
38f8b050
JR
4342 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4343
4344/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4345 but must be passed on the stack. */
4346/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4347 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4348DEFHOOK
4349(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4350 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4351solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4352definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4353documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4354 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4355 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4356
4357/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4358 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4359 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4360DEFHOOK
4361(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4362 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4363known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4364function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4365by the caller.\n\
4366\n\
4367For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4368determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4369not be generated.\n\
4370\n\
4371The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4372 bool,
ef4bddc2 4373 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4374 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4375
4376/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4377 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4378 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4379DEFHOOK
4380(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4381 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4382argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4383arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4384pushed on the stack.\n\
4385\n\
4386On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4387registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4388first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4389on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4390structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4391in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4392compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4393\n\
4394@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4395register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4396@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4397 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4398 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4399
4400/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4401 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4402 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4403DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4404(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4405 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4406advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4407@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4408the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4409argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4410\n\
4411This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4412on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4413used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4414 void,
ef4bddc2 4415 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4416 default_function_arg_advance)
4417
4418/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4419 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4420 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4421 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4422DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4423(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4424 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4425register and if so, which register.\n\
4426\n\
4427The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4428arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4429the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4430(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4431which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4432nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4433function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4434syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4435\n\
4436The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4437register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4438on the stack.\n\
4439\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4440The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4441passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4442should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4443@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4444for more information.\n\
4445\n\
673c2f63
JM
4446The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4447used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4448@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4449@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4450describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4451@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4452register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4453register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4454second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4455the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4456As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4457RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4458argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4459\n\
4460The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4461VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4462pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4463\n\
4464@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4465The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4466machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4467cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4468done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4469@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4470\n\
4471@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4472@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4473You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4474in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4475type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4476is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4477argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4478defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4479a register.",
ef4bddc2 4480 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4481 bool named),
4482 default_function_arg)
4483
b25b9e8f 4484DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4485(function_incoming_arg,
4a235312
L
4486 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4487views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4488functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4489and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
673c2f63 4490\n\
4a235312 4491In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
673c2f63
JM
4492which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4493@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4494fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4495arrive.\n\
4496\n\
4a235312
L
4497@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4498computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4499so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4500\n\
673c2f63
JM
4501If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4502@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4503 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4504 bool named),
4505 default_function_incoming_arg)
4506
c2ed6cf8
NF
4507DEFHOOK
4508(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4509 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4510with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4511@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4512 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4513 default_function_arg_boundary)
4514
123148b5
BS
4515DEFHOOK
4516(function_arg_round_boundary,
4517 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4518which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4519return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4520value.",
ef4bddc2 4521 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4522 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4523
38f8b050
JR
4524/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4525 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4526DEFHOOK
4527(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4528 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4529illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4530with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4531 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4532 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4533
4534/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4535 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4536DEFHOOK
4537(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4538 "\n\
4539Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4540returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4541representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4542representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4543function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4544compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4545Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4546a function returns a value.\n\
4547\n\
4548On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4549(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4550place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4551@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4552The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4553multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4554@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4555location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4556the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4557that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4558port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4559@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4560\n\
4561If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4562the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4563@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4564\n\
4565If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4566node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4567pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4568convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4569known.\n\
4570\n\
4571Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4572which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4573the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4574different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4575\n\
4576@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4577aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4578@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4579 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4580 default_function_value)
4581
d5e254e1
IE
4582/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4583DEFHOOK
4584(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4585 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4586returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4587@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4588 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4589 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4590
38f8b050
JR
4591/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4592 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4593DEFHOOK
4594(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4595 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4596function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4597\n\
4598The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4599library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4600representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4601\n\
4602If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4603 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4604 default_libcall_value)
4605
4606/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4607 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4608DEFHOOK
4609(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4610 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4611register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4612\n\
4613A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4614second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4615recognized by this target hook.\n\
4616\n\
4617If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4618function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4619should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4620\n\
4621If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4622 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4623 default_function_value_regno_p)
4624
4625/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4626DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4627(internal_arg_pointer,
4628"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4629 current function.",
4630 rtx, (void),
4631 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4632
4633/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4634DEFHOOK
4635(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4636 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4637necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4638 void, (void), NULL)
4639
4640/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4641 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4642DEFHOOK
4643(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4644 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4645different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4646argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4647is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4648 rtx, (void), NULL)
4649
4650/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4651 stack. */
4652DEFHOOK
4653(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4654 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4655arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4656stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4657debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4658@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4659cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4660to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4661false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4662 bool, (void),
4663 hook_bool_void_true)
4664
c21df29b
RH
4665/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4666 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4667DEFHOOK
4668(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4669 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4670targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4671nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4672attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4673those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4674\n\
4675The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4676\n\
4677If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4678provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4679Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4680from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4681will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4682@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4683@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4684@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4685The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4686@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4687to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4688 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4689 default_static_chain)
4690
4691/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4692 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4693DEFHOOK
4694(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4695 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4696@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4697is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4698RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4699when it is called.\n\
4700\n\
4701If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4702first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4703from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4704Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4705trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4706to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4707\n\
4708If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4709enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4710initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4711 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4712 default_trampoline_init)
4713
4714/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4715DEFHOOK
4716(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4717 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4718the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4719memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4720the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4721address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4722be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4723If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4724 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4725
4726/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4727 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4728 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4729/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4730DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4731(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4732 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4733a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4734and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4735\n\
4736@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4737the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4738@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4739From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4740\n\
4741@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4742describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4743@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4744From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4745arguments (if known).\n\
4746\n\
4747When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4748will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4749you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4750by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4751a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4752in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4753\n\
4754@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4755stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4756argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4757\n\
4758On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4759of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4760calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4761the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4762convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4763arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4764nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4765@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4766number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4767 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4768 default_return_pops_args)
4769
ffa88471
SE
4770/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4771 returned. */
4772DEFHOOK
4773(get_raw_result_mode,
4774 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4775 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4776 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4777 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4778 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4779
4780/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4781 passed. */
4782DEFHOOK
4783(get_raw_arg_mode,
4784 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4785 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4786 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4787 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4788 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4789
38f8b050
JR
4790HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4791
bcb21886
KY
4792DEFHOOK
4793(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4794 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4795for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4796 bool, (void),
4797 hook_bool_void_false)
4798
4799DEFHOOK
4800(init_pic_reg,
4801 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4802This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4803 void, (void),
4804 hook_void_void)
4805
38f8b050
JR
4806/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4807 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4808DEFHOOK
4809(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4810 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4811invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4812if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4813 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4814 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4815
4816/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4817 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4818DEFHOOK
4819(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4820 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4821invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4822@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4823if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4824 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4825 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4826
4827/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4828 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4829DEFHOOK
4830(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4831 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4832invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4833and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4834the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4835 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4836 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4837
38f8b050
JR
4838/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4839 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4840 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4841DEFHOOK
4842(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4843 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4844@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4845analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4846front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4847target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4848This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4849 tree, (const_tree type),
4850 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4851
4852/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4853 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4854 the standard conversion rules. */
4855DEFHOOK
4856(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4857 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4858@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4859or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4860This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4861conversion rules.\n\
4862This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4863 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4864 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4865
5074a1f8
VM
4866/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4867DEFHOOK
4868(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4869 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
31e2b5a3 4870 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5074a1f8
VM
4871 \n\
4872 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
31e2b5a3 4873 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5074a1f8
VM
4874 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4875
55a2c322
VM
4876/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4877DEFHOOK
4878(lra_p,
4879 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
55a2c322 4880 \
bdfbd086
MLI
4881 The default version of this target hook returns always false, but new\
4882 ports should use LRA.",
55a2c322
VM
4883 bool, (void),
4884 default_lra_p)
4885
4886/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4887DEFHOOK
4888(register_priority,
4889 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4890 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4891 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4892 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4893 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4894 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4895 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4896 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4897 \
4898 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4899 int, (int),
4900 default_register_priority)
4901
3b9ceb4b
VM
4902/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4903DEFHOOK
4904(register_usage_leveling_p,
4905 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4906 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4907 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
4908 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
4909 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
4910 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
4911 optimizations.\
4912 \
4913 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4914 bool, (void),
4915 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
4916
55a2c322
VM
4917/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
4918DEFHOOK
4919(different_addr_displacement_p,
4920 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
4921 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
4922 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
4923 the insn.\
4924 \
4925 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4926 bool, (void),
4927 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
4928
4929/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
4930 instead of memory. */
4931DEFHOOK
4932(spill_class,
4933 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
4934 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
4935 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
4936 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 4937 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
4938 NULL)
4939
42e37616
DM
4940DEFHOOK
4941(cstore_mode,
4942 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
4943 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
4944 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
4945 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
4946 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 4947 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
4948 default_cstore_mode)
4949
d9886a9e
L
4950/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
4951 be accessed using BLKmode. */
4952DEFHOOK
4953(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
4954 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
4955be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
4956\n\
4957If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
4958mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
4959case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
4960retain the field's mode.\n\
4961\n\
4962Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 4963 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
4964 default_member_type_forces_blk)
4965
38f8b050
JR
4966/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
4967DEFHOOK
4968(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
4969 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
4970from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
4971@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
4972from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
4973term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
4974directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
4975register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
4976destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
4977source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
4978reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
4979and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
4980intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
4981\n\
4982Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
4983allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
4984register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
4985address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
4986when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
4987as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
4988that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
4989describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
4990these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
4991of the scratch register(s).\n\
4992\n\
4993In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
4994\n\
4995For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
4996and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
4997@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
4998hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
4999needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5000\n\
5001If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5002an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5003return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5004If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5005If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5006that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5007\n\
5008If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5009perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5010closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5011required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5012copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5013\n\
5014You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5015in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5016and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5017for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5018single-register-class\n\
5019@c [later: or memory]\n\
5020output constraint.\n\
5021\n\
5022When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5023hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5024register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5025have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5026\n\
5027@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5028@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5029@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5030@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5031@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5032@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5033@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5034@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5035\n\
5036\n\
5037@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5038pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5039Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5040in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5041\n\
5042Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5043currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5044to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5045\n\
5046@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5047copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5048(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5049Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5050of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5051forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5052 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5053 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5054 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5055 default_secondary_reload)
5056
fba42e24
AS
5057/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5058 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5059DEFHOOK
5060(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5061 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5062to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5063@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5064another, smaller class.\n\
5065\n\
5066The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5067\n\
5068Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5069example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5070for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5071@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5072Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5073\n\
5074One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5075@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5076loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5077force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5078immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5079instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5080register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5081@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5082into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5083@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5084of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5085\n\
5086If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5087through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5088to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5089reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5090this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5091the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5092 reg_class_t,
5093 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5094 default_preferred_reload_class)
5095
abd26bfb
AS
5096/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5097 input reloads. */
5098DEFHOOK
5099(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5100 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5101input reloads.\n\
5102\n\
5103The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5104argument.\n\
5105\n\
5106You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5107reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5108 reg_class_t,
5109 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5110 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5111
07b8f0a8
AS
5112DEFHOOK
5113(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5114 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5115to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5116registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5117\n\
5118The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5119has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5120default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5121i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5122can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5123\n\
5124This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5125transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5126pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5127 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5128 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5129
a8c44c52
AS
5130/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5131 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5132DEFHOOK
5133(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5134 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5135of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5136\n\
5137This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5138the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5139@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5140@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5141values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5142\n\
5143This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5144in the reload pass.\n\
5145\n\
5146The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5147in words.",
ef4bddc2 5148 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5149 default_class_max_nregs)
5150
5f286f4a
YQ
5151DEFHOOK
5152(preferred_rename_class,
5153 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5154 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5155 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5156 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5157 is not implemented.\
5158 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5159 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5160 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5161 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5162 be reduced.",
5163 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5164 default_preferred_rename_class)
5165
d6220b11
KK
5166/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5167 during register allocation. */
5168DEFHOOK
5169(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5170 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5171substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5172register allocation.\n\
5173The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5174On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5175machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5176as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5177 bool, (rtx subst),
5178 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5179
14133a4d
KK
5180/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5181 displacement addressing. */
5182DEFHOOK
5183(legitimize_address_displacement,
5184 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5185legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5186at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5187The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5188This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5189addressing.",
5190 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5191 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5192
38f8b050
JR
5193/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5194 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5195DEFHOOK
5196(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5197 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5198to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5199For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5200for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5201registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5202usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5203 void, (void),
5204 hook_void_void)
5205
5206/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5207 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5208 but will be later. */
5209DEFHOOK
5210(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5211 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5212that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5213 void, (void),
5214 hook_void_void)
5215
5216/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5217 in peephole2. */
5218DEFHOOK
5219(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5220 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5221@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5222\n\
5223One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5224is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5225\n\
5226The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5227 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5228 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5229
5230/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5231 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5232DEFHOOK
5233(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5234 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5235is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5236The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5237five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5238 unsigned int, (void),
5239 default_case_values_threshold)
5240
5241/* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5242DEFHOOK
5243(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5244 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5245a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5246value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5247\n\
5248This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5249according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5250constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5251to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5252Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5253pointer.\n\
5254\n\
5255In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5256without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5257automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5258@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5259them.\n\
5260\n\
5261In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5262register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5263fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5264\n\
5265Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5266 bool, (void),
5267 hook_bool_void_false)
5268
5269/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5270 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5271DEFHOOK
5272(can_eliminate,
673c2f63
JM
5273 "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5274try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5275@var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
5276is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
5277preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5278knows about.\n\
5279\n\
5280Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5281 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5282 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5283
5efd84c5
NF
5284/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5285 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5286 target. */
5287DEFHOOK
5288(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5289 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5290@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5291@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5292any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5293of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
5294@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5295@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5296called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5297@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5298from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5299@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5300@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5301@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5302command options have been applied.\n\
5303\n\
5304@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5305@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5306If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5307flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5308@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5309registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5310@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5311that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5312\n\
5313(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5314of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5315controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5316these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5317 void, (void),
5318 hook_void_void)
5319
38f8b050
JR
5320/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5321#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5322#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5323HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5324
5325/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5326DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5327(mode_for_suffix,
5328"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5329 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5330 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5331 default_mode_for_suffix)
5332
5333HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5334
5335/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5336#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5337#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5338HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5339
5340/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5341DEFHOOK
5342(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5343 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5344These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5345default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5346 tree, (void),
5347 default_cxx_guard_type)
5348
5349/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5350DEFHOOK
5351(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5352 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5353@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5354@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5355 bool, (void),
5356 hook_bool_void_false)
5357
5358/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5359DEFHOOK
5360(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5361 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5362whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5363known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5364@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5365IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5366 tree, (tree type),
5367 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5368
5369/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5370DEFHOOK
5371(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5372 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5373array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5374 bool, (void),
5375 hook_bool_void_false)
5376
5377/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5378 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5379DEFHOOK
5380(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5381 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5382class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5383will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5384to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5385modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5386backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5387 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5388
5389/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5390DEFHOOK
5391(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5392 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5393the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5394@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5395 bool, (void),
5396 hook_bool_void_false)
5397
5398/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5399 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5400 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5401DEFHOOK
5402(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5403 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5404which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5405table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5406Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5407the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5408some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5409method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5410 bool, (void),
5411 hook_bool_void_true)
5412
5413DEFHOOK
5414(determine_class_data_visibility,
5415"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5416 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5417 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5418 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5419 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5420 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5421 void, (tree decl),
5422 hook_void_tree)
5423
5424/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5425 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5426 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5427 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5428 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5429DEFHOOK
5430(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5431 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5432similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5433external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5434classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5435unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5436 bool, (void),
5437 hook_bool_void_true)
5438
5439/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5440 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5441 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5442DEFHOOK
5443(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5444 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5445the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5446be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5447 bool, (void),
5448 hook_bool_void_true)
5449
5450/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5451 destructors. */
5452DEFHOOK
5453(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5454 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5455should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5456is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5457 bool, (void),
5458 hook_bool_void_false)
5459
5460/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5461 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5462DEFHOOK
5463(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5464 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5465in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5466destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5467shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5468unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5469 bool, (void),
5470 hook_bool_void_false)
5471
5472DEFHOOK
5473(adjust_class_at_definition,
5474"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5475 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5476 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5477 void, (tree type),
5478 hook_void_tree)
5479
5b880ea6
RO
5480DEFHOOK
5481(decl_mangling_context,
5482 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5483 tree, (const_tree decl),
5484 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5485
38f8b050
JR
5486HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5487
5488/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5489#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5490#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5491HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5492
5493/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5494DEFHOOKPOD
5495(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5496 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5497object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5498emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5499 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5500
5501DEFHOOKPOD
5502(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5503 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5504program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5505initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5506have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5507registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5508 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5509
5510/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5511DEFHOOKPOD
5512(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5513 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5514be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5515any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5516 const char *, NULL)
5517
5518DEFHOOKPOD
5519(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5520 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5521placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5522section.",
38f8b050
JR
5523 const char *, NULL)
5524
5525/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5526DEFHOOKPOD
5527(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5528 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5529The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5530 const char *, NULL)
5531
5532DEFHOOKPOD
5533(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5534 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5535default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5536 const char *, NULL)
5537
5538/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5539DEFHOOK
5540(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5541 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5542object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5543@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5544@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5545for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5546 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5547 default_emutls_var_fields)
5548
5549/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5550DEFHOOK
5551(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5552 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5553TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5554is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5555initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5556 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5557 default_emutls_var_init)
5558
5559/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5560 proxy variable. */
5561DEFHOOKPOD
5562(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5563 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5564fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5565single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5566 bool, false)
5567
5568/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5569DEFHOOKPOD
5570(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5571 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5572may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5573 bool, false)
5574
5575HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5576
5577#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5578#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5579HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5580
7aa7f2e3
SL
5581/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5582 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5583 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5584DEFHOOK
5585(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5586 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5587allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5588These function-specific options may differ\n\
5589from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5590@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5591\n\
5592The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5593the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5594@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5595 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5596 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5597
5598/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5599DEFHOOK
5600(save,
673c2f63
JM
5601 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5602in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5603options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5604@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5605 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5606
5607/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5608 structure. */
5609DEFHOOK
5610(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5611 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5612information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5613function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5614 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5615
59913123
JJ
5616/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5617 streamed in. */
5618DEFHOOK
5619(post_stream_in,
5620 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5621@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5622LTO bytecode.",
5623 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5624
38f8b050
JR
5625/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5626 structure. */
5627DEFHOOK
5628(print,
673c2f63
JM
5629 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5630information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5631function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5632 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5633
7aa7f2e3 5634/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5635 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5636 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5637 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5638DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5639(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5640 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5641sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5642input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5643@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5644 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5645 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5646
5647/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5648DEFHOOK
5649(override,
673c2f63
JM
5650 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5651a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5652@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5653once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5654\n\
5655Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5656@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5657\n\
5658If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5659changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5660@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5661 void, (void),
c5387660 5662 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5663
3649b9b7
ST
5664/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5665 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5666 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5667 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5668DEFHOOK
5669(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5670 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5671versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5672versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5673different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5674different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5675 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5676 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5677
38f8b050
JR
5678/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5679#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5680#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5681DEFHOOK
5682(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5683 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5684cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5685default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5686specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5687 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5688 default_target_can_inline_p)
5689
63b0cb04
CB
5690DEFHOOK
5691(relayout_function,
5692"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5693 void, (tree fndecl),
5694 hook_void_tree)
5695
38f8b050
JR
5696HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5697
5698/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5699 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5700 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5701DEFHOOK
5702(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5703 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5704function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5705cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5706registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5707TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5708FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5709 void, (bitmap regs),
5710 hook_void_bitmap)
5711
aaeaa9a9 5712/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5713 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5714 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5715DEFHOOKPOD
5716(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5717 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5718clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5719That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5720linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5721modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5722in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5723The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5724is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5725 bool,
5726 false)
5727
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5728/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5729DEFHOOK
5730(set_up_by_prologue,
5731 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5732 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5733 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5734 NULL)
5735
d45eae79
SL
5736/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5737 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5738 function attribute. */
5739DEFHOOK
5740(warn_func_return,
5741 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5742 bool, (tree),
5743 hook_bool_tree_true)
5744
f0a0390e
RH
5745/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5746DEFHOOK
5747(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5748 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5749unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5750@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5751return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5752\n\
5753A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5754is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5755\n\
5756A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5757This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5758 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5759 default_debug_unwind_info)
5760
c354951b
AK
5761/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5762 defined at this time. */
5763DEFHOOK
5764(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5765 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5766convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5767does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5768comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5769\n\
5770On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5771@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5772are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5773@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5774allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5775in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5776allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5777\n\
5778GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5779valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5780@file{md} file.\n\
5781\n\
5782You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5783comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5784 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5785 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5786
57c5ab1b
RH
5787DEFHOOKPOD
5788(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5789 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5790 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5791 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5792 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5793
fceec4d3
AM
5794/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5795 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5796 as needed. */
5797DEFHOOK
5798(atomic_align_for_mode,
5799"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5800 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5801 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5802 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5803 hook_uint_mode_0)
5804
267bac10
JM
5805DEFHOOK
5806(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5807"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5808 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5809 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5810 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5811 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5812 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5813 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5814 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5815 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5816 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5817 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5818 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5819 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5820 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5821 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5822 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5823 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5824
38f8b050
JR
5825/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5826
38f8b050
JR
5827/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
5828 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
5829DEFHOOKPOD
5830(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
5831 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
5832section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
5833This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
5834 bool, false)
5835
5836/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
5837 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
5838DEFHOOKPOD
5839(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
5840 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
5841collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
5842It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
5843 bool, false)
5844
5845/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
5846DEFHOOKPOD
5847(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
5848 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
5849The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5850 bool, false)
5851
5852/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
5853DEFHOOKPOD
5854(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
5855 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
5856``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5857 bool, false)
5858
5859/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
5860DEFHOOKPOD
5861(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
5862 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
5863end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
5864Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
5865true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
5866 bool, true)
5867
5868/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
5869DEFHOOKPOD
5870(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
5871 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
5872printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
5873@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
5874to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
5875definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
5876assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
5877whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
5878\n\
5879The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
5880verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
5881comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
5882 bool, false)
5883
5884/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
5885 at the beginning of assembly output. */
5886DEFHOOKPOD
5887(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
5888 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
5889for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
5890@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
5891this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 5892 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
5893
5894/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
5895 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
5896DEFHOOKPOD
5897(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
5898 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
5899based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
5900the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
5901running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5902 bool, false)
5903
9730bc27
TT
5904DEFHOOKPOD
5905(want_debug_pub_sections,
5906 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
5907 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
5908 in particular GDB does not use them.",
5909 bool, false)
5910
638c962f
JH
5911DEFHOOKPOD
5912(force_at_comp_dir,
5913 "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
5914 compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
5915 to emit debug information.",
5916 bool, false)
5917
2ba42841 5918DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5919(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5920This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5921bool, false)
5922
5923DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5924(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5925This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5926bool, false)
5927
a50fa76a
BS
5928DEFHOOKPOD
5929(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
5930following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
5931targets.",
5932bool, false)
5933
38f8b050
JR
5934/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5935
06b90602
CB
5936/* Functions related to mode switching. */
5937#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5938#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
5939HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
5940
5941DEFHOOK
5942(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
5943 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
5944 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5945
5946DEFHOOK
5947(needed,
cbb1e3d9 5948 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 5949 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5950
5951DEFHOOK
5952(after,
5953 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 5954 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5955
5956DEFHOOK
5957(entry,
5958 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
5959 int, (int entity), NULL)
5960
5961DEFHOOK
5962(exit,
5963 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
5964 int, (int entity), NULL)
5965
5966DEFHOOK
5967(priority,
5968 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
5969 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
5970
5971HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
5972
4bccb39e
RS
5973#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5974#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5975
5976#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5977 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
5978#include "target-insns.def"
5979#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5980
5981#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5982 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
5983#include "target-insns.def"
5984#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5985
8684d89d
RS
5986#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5987 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
5988#include "target-insns.def"
5989#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5990
38f8b050
JR
5991/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
5992HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 5993